diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/Folger_Tech_i3_2020/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/Folger_Tech_i3_2020/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3aea5e71e..000000000
--- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/Folger_Tech_i3_2020/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1503 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
-#define CONFIGURATION_H
-
-/**
- *
- * ***********************************
- * ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
- * ***********************************
- *
- * You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
- * but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
- *
- * Note: Update also Version.h !
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
-// example_configurations/delta directory.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
-// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "UBL5.0 FT2020"
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-//
-// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
-//
-// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
-// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
-// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
-//
-// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
-// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
-// example configuration folder.
-//
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
- *
- * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
- //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
- * - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 115
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
- #define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.50
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.50
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 60.00
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
-//
-// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
-// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
-// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
-// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
-// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
-// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
-// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
-// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
-// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
-// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 250.0
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 18.0
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 950.0
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
-// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
-// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
-// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
-// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
- * thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
- * Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
- * thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
-//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// coarse Endstop Settings
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
-
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
- * If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 52.2 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 2, 17 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 4, 750 }
-
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#define DEFAULT_XJERK 17.0
-#define DEFAULT_YJERK 17.0
-#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0
-
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// Probe Type
-// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
-//
-// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
-// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
-//
-// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
-//
-
-// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
-// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
-// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
-// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
-// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
-#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
-#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {40,85} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-//
-// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
-// X and Y offsets must be integers.
-//
-// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
-// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
-// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
-//
-// +-- BACK ---+
-// | |
-// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
-// E | | I
-// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
-// T | | H
-// | (-) | T
-// | |
-// O-- FRONT --+
-// (0,0)
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 38 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -7 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -9.65 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500
-// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-// Use double touch for probing
-//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
-
-// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
-//
-// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
-// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
-//
-// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
-//
-// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
-//
-// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
-// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
-// - Otherwise connect:
-// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
-// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
-//
-// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
-//
-
-//
-// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
-// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
-// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
-// To use a different pin you can override it here.
-//
-// WARNING:
-// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
-// Use with caution and do your homework.
-//
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
-
-//
-// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
-// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
-//
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
-// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
-
-// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 3 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
-
-//
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-//
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 2 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS 203
-#define Y_MAX_POS 180
-#define Z_MAX_POS 175
-
-// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
-//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensor
- * A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section bedlevel
-
-/**
- * Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
- *
- * If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
- * highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - 3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
- * bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
- * Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
- * - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
- * that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
- * adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
- * Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
- * test on.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- #define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 39
- #define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
- #define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 10
- #define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
-
- // The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
- #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
-
- // 3 arbitrary points to probe.
- // A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 170
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 10
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
- #define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
- //#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
-
- #if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
- #define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 100
-#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 100
-#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 20
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (55)
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//define this to enable EEPROM support
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
-
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- // To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
- #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-//
-// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
-//
-// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
-// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
-// command.
-//
-// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
-// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
-// be raised to reach Z-park height.
-//
-// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
-// reach Z-park height.
-//
-// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
-// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
-//
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
-#endif
-
-//
-// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
-//
-// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
-// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
-// "P" for pattern selection
-// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
-//
-// Available list of patterns:
-// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
-// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
-// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
-//
-// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
-// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
-// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
-// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
-// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
-//
-// --
-// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
-// | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
-// -- +--------------------------------+
-// |________|_________|_________|
-// T1 T2 T3
-//
-// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
-// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
-// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
-//
-// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
-//
-// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
-// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
-//
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-//
-// Print job timer
-//
-// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
-// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
-// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
-// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
-// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
-//
-// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
-// the following commands:
-//
-// - M75 - Start the print job timer
-// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
-// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-//
-// Print Counter
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
-// - Total print jobs
-// - Total successful print jobs
-// - Total failed print jobs
-// - Total time printing
-//
-// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-//
-// LCD LANGUAGE
-//
-// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
-// list of languages are available:
-// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
-// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
-//
-// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
-//
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-//
-// LCD Character Set
-//
-// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
-//
-// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
-// language extensions:
-//
-// - JAPANESE ... the most common
-// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
-// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
-//
-// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
-//
-// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
-// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
-// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
-//
-// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
-//
-// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
-//
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-//
-// LCD TYPE
-//
-// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
-// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
-// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
-//
-// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
-//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
-
-//
-// SD CARD
-//
-// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
-// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
-//
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-//
-// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
-//
-// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
-// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
-//
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-//
-// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
-//
-// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
-//
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
-//
-// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
-// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
-//
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
-// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
-// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
-//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
-//#define RGB_LED
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
-#endif
-
-/*********************************************************************\
-* R/C SERVO support
-* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
-**********************************************************************/
-
-// Number of servos
-//
-// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
-// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
-// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
-// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
-//
-#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY 500
-
-// Servo deactivation
-//
-// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
-#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-/**********************************************************************\
- * Support for a filament diameter sensor
- * Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
- * Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
- *
- * Motherboards
- * 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
- * Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
- **********************************************************************/
-// Uncomment below to enable
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
-
- #define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
- #define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
-
- //When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/Folger_Tech_i3_2020/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/Folger_Tech_i3_2020/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 996396411..000000000
--- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/Folger_Tech_i3_2020/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1091 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
-
-/**
- *
- * ***********************************
- * ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
- * ***********************************
- *
- * You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
- * but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
- *
- * Note: Update also Version.h !
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
- * thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
- * Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
- * thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
- * the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
- * WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
- * degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
- * but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
- * WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
- * WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
- * degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
- * but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
- *
- * If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
- * WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-//Show Temperature ADC value
-//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
-//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-
-//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
-//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
-//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
-// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
-// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
-
-// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
-#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Dual X Steppers
-// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- // Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
-#endif
-
-
-// Dual Y Steppers
-// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- // Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
-#endif
-
-// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
-// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
-
- // Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
- // That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
- // There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
- // After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
- // One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
- // If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
- // Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
- // The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
-
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
-
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #endif
-
-#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-
-// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
-// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
-// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
-// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- // Configuration for second X-carriage
- // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
- // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
- #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// @section homing
-
-//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
-#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-
-// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
-
-// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
-// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
-#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
-#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
-
-//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
-#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
- // if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
- // using:
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #endif
-
- // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
-
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- // Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
- // Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
- // Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
- // Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
- // Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- // This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- // To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-#endif // DOGLCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
-// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
-// does not respect endstops!
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(Roxy_work)
- #define BABYSTEPPING
-#endif
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- #define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
- //not implemented for deltabots!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster movements
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
-//
-// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
-//
-// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
-// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
-// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
-//#define ADVANCE
-
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
- #define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
- #define D_FILAMENT 2.85
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Implementation of linear pressure control
- *
- * Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- * See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
-
- /**
- * Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
- * For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
- * While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
- * close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
- *
- * For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
- * to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
- * if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
- *
- * This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
- *
- * Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
- * - W is the extrusion width in mm
- * - H is the layer height in mm
- * - D is the filament diameter in mm
- *
- * Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
- *
- * Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
- * Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
- */
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
- // Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
-// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
-// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
- #define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
- #define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
- #define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- #define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
- #define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
- #define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
- #define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Arc interpretation settings:
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
-#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
-#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
-// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
-#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transfer Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// @section fwretract
-
-// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
-// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
-// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
-// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
-// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
-
-//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Change
- * Experimental filament change support.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(Roxy_work)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
-#endif
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
- // It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
- // Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
- // shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
- // 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
- // Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
- // Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
- // 0 to disable for manual extrusion
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
- // or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
- // even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
- * You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
- * (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
- */
-//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
-
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
-
- //#define X_IS_TMC
- //#define X2_IS_TMC
- //#define Y_IS_TMC
- //#define Y2_IS_TMC
- //#define Z_IS_TMC
- //#define Z2_IS_TMC
- //#define E0_IS_TMC
- //#define E1_IS_TMC
- //#define E2_IS_TMC
- //#define E3_IS_TMC
-
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
-
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
-
-#endif
-
-// @section TMC2130
-
-/**
- * Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
- *
- * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
- * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
- *
- * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
- * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
- * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- */
-//#define HAVE_TMC2130
-
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
- #define STEALTHCHOP
-
- /**
- * Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
- * This is still an experimental feature.
- * Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
- * then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
- * Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
- */
- //#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
- #define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
- #define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
-
- // CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
- //#define X_IS_TMC2130
- //#define X2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Y_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Z_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E0_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E1_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E3_IS_TMC2130
-
- /**
- * Stepper driver settings
- */
-
- #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
- #define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
-
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
-
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
-
- //#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperX.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC2130_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
-
-/**
- * Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
- * You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
- * (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
- */
-
-// @section l6470
-
-//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
-
- //#define X_IS_L6470
- //#define X2_IS_L6470
- //#define Y_IS_L6470
- //#define Y2_IS_L6470
- //#define Z_IS_L6470
- //#define Z2_IS_L6470
- //#define E0_IS_L6470
- //#define E1_IS_L6470
- //#define E2_IS_L6470
- //#define E3_IS_L6470
-
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
- #define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
-
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_K_VAL 50
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_K_VAL 50
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_K_VAL 50
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_K_VAL 50
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_K_VAL 50
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_K_VAL 50
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_K_VAL 50
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_K_VAL 50
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_K_VAL 50
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-/**
- * Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
- */
-#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- */
-#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
-#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
-
-/**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
-//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/gMax_1.5+/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/gMax_1.5+/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 113455aa5..000000000
--- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/gMax_1.5+/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1500 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
-#define CONFIGURATION_H
-
-/**
- *
- * ***********************************
- * ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
- * ***********************************
- *
- * You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
- * but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
- *
- * Note: Update also Version.h !
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
-// example_configurations/delta directory.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
-// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-//
-// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
-//
-// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
-// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
-// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
-//
-// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
-// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
-// example configuration folder.
-//
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
- *
- * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
- //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
- * - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
- #define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
-//
-// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
-// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
-// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
-// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
-// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
-// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
-// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
-// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
-// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
-// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
-// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
-// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
-// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
-// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
- * thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
- * Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
- * thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
-//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// coarse Endstop Settings
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
-
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
- * If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
-#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
-#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
-
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// Probe Type
-// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
-//
-// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
-// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
-//
-// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
-//
-
-// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
-// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
-// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
-// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
-// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
-//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-//
-// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
-// X and Y offsets must be integers.
-//
-// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
-// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
-// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
-//
-// +-- BACK ---+
-// | |
-// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
-// E | | I
-// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
-// T | | H
-// | (-) | T
-// | |
-// O-- FRONT --+
-// (0,0)
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-// Use double touch for probing
-//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
-
-// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
-//
-// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
-// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
-//
-// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
-//
-// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
-//
-// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
-// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
-// - Otherwise connect:
-// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
-// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
-//
-// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
-//
-
-//
-// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
-// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
-// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
-// To use a different pin you can override it here.
-//
-// WARNING:
-// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
-// Use with caution and do your homework.
-//
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
-
-//
-// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
-// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
-//
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
-// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
-
-// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-
-//
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-//
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS 200
-#define Y_MAX_POS 200
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensor
- * A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section bedlevel
-
-/**
- * Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
- *
- * If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
- * highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - 3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
- * bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
- * Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
- * - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
- * that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
- * adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
- * Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
- * test on.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- #define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
- #define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
- #define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- #define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
-
- // The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
- #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
-
- // 3 arbitrary points to probe.
- // A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
- #define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
- //#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
-
- #if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
- #define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//define this to enable EEPROM support
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
-
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- // To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
- #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-//
-// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
-//
-// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
-// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
-// command.
-//
-// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
-// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
-// be raised to reach Z-park height.
-//
-// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
-// reach Z-park height.
-//
-// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
-// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
-//
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
-#endif
-
-//
-// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
-//
-// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
-// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
-// "P" for pattern selection
-// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
-//
-// Available list of patterns:
-// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
-// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
-// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
-//
-// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
-// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
-// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
-// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
-// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
-//
-// --
-// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
-// | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
-// -- +--------------------------------+
-// |________|_________|_________|
-// T1 T2 T3
-//
-// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
-// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
-// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
-//
-// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
-//
-// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
-// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
-//
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-//
-// Print job timer
-//
-// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
-// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
-// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
-// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
-// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
-//
-// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
-// the following commands:
-//
-// - M75 - Start the print job timer
-// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
-// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-//
-// Print Counter
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
-// - Total print jobs
-// - Total successful print jobs
-// - Total failed print jobs
-// - Total time printing
-//
-// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-//
-// LCD LANGUAGE
-//
-// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
-// list of languages are available:
-// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
-// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
-//
-// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
-//
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-//
-// LCD Character Set
-//
-// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
-//
-// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
-// language extensions:
-//
-// - JAPANESE ... the most common
-// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
-// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
-//
-// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
-//
-// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
-// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
-// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
-//
-// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
-//
-// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
-//
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-//
-// LCD TYPE
-//
-// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
-// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
-// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
-//
-// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
-//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
-
-//
-// SD CARD
-//
-// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
-// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
-//
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-//
-// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
-//
-// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
-// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
-//
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-//
-// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
-//
-// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
-//
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
-//
-// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
-// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
-//
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
-// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
-// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
-//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
-//#define RGB_LED
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
-#endif
-
-/*********************************************************************\
-* R/C SERVO support
-* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
-**********************************************************************/
-
-// Number of servos
-//
-// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
-// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
-// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
-// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
-//
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY 300
-
-// Servo deactivation
-//
-// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-/**********************************************************************\
- * Support for a filament diameter sensor
- * Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
- * Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
- *
- * Motherboards
- * 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
- * Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
- **********************************************************************/
-// Uncomment below to enable
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
-
- #define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
- #define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
-
- //When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/gMax_1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/gMax_1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index af217e50d..000000000
--- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/gMax_1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1085 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
-
-/**
- *
- * ***********************************
- * ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
- * ***********************************
- *
- * You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
- * but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
- *
- * Note: Update also Version.h !
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
- * thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
- * Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
- * thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
- * the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
- * WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
- * degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
- * but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
- * WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
- * WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
- * degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
- * but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
- *
- * If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
- * WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-//Show Temperature ADC value
-//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
-//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-
-//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
-//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
-//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
-// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
-// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
-
-// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
-#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Dual X Steppers
-// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- // Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
-#endif
-
-
-// Dual Y Steppers
-// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- // Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
-#endif
-
-// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
-// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
-
- // Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
- // That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
- // There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
- // After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
- // One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
- // If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
- // Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
- // The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
-
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
-
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #endif
-
-#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-
-// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
-// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
-// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
-// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- // Configuration for second X-carriage
- // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
- // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
- #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// @section homing
-
-//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
-#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-
-// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
-
-// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
-// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
-#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
-#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
-
-//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
-#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
- // if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
- // using:
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #endif
-
- // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
-
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- // Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
- // Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
- // Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
- // Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
- // Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- // This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- // To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-#endif // DOGLCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
-// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
-// does not respect endstops!
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- #define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
- //not implemented for deltabots!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 //faster movements
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
-//
-// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
-//
-// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
-// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
-// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
-//#define ADVANCE
-
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
- #define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
- #define D_FILAMENT 2.85
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Implementation of linear pressure control
- *
- * Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- * See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
-
- /**
- * Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
- * For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
- * While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
- * close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
- *
- * For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
- * to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
- * if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
- *
- * This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
- *
- * Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
- * - W is the extrusion width in mm
- * - H is the layer height in mm
- * - D is the filament diameter in mm
- *
- * Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
- *
- * Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
- * Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
- */
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
- // Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
-// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
-// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
- #define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
- #define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
- #define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- #define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
- #define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
- #define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
- #define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Arc interpretation settings:
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
-#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
-#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
-// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
-#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transfer Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// @section fwretract
-
-// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
-// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
-// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
-// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
-// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
-
-//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Change
- * Experimental filament change support.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
- // It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
- // Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
- // shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
- // 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
- // Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
- // Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
- // 0 to disable for manual extrusion
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
- // or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
- // even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
- * You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
- * (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
- */
-//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
-
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
-
- //#define X_IS_TMC
- //#define X2_IS_TMC
- //#define Y_IS_TMC
- //#define Y2_IS_TMC
- //#define Z_IS_TMC
- //#define Z2_IS_TMC
- //#define E0_IS_TMC
- //#define E1_IS_TMC
- //#define E2_IS_TMC
- //#define E3_IS_TMC
-
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
-
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
-
-#endif
-
-// @section TMC2130
-
-/**
- * Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
- *
- * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
- * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
- *
- * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
- * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
- * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- */
-//#define HAVE_TMC2130
-
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
- #define STEALTHCHOP
-
- /**
- * Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
- * This is still an experimental feature.
- * Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
- * then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
- * Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
- */
- //#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
- #define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
- #define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
-
- // CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
- //#define X_IS_TMC2130
- //#define X2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Y_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Z_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E0_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E1_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E3_IS_TMC2130
-
- /**
- * Stepper driver settings
- */
-
- #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
- #define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
-
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
-
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
-
- //#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperX.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC2130_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
-
-/**
- * Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
- * You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
- * (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
- */
-
-// @section l6470
-
-//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
-
- //#define X_IS_L6470
- //#define X2_IS_L6470
- //#define Y_IS_L6470
- //#define Y2_IS_L6470
- //#define Z_IS_L6470
- //#define Z2_IS_L6470
- //#define E0_IS_L6470
- //#define E1_IS_L6470
- //#define E2_IS_L6470
- //#define E3_IS_L6470
-
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
- #define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
-
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_K_VAL 50
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_K_VAL 50
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_K_VAL 50
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_K_VAL 50
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_K_VAL 50
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_K_VAL 50
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_K_VAL 50
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_K_VAL 50
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_K_VAL 50
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-/**
- * Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- */
-//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
-#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
-
-/**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
-//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/original_release_files/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/original_release_files/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e8043b0b7..000000000
--- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/original_release_files/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1505 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
-#define CONFIGURATION_H
-
-/**
- *
- * ***********************************
- * ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
- * ***********************************
- *
- * You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
- * but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
- *
- * Note: Update also Version.h !
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
-// example_configurations/delta directory.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
-// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-//
-// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
-//
-// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
-// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
-// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
-//
-// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
-// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
-// example configuration folder.
-//
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
- *
- * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
- //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
- * - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
- #define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
-//
-// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
-// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
-// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
-// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
-// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
-// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
-// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
-// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
-// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
-// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
-// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
-// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
-// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
-// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
- * thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
- * Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
- * thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
-//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// coarse Endstop Settings
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
-
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
- * If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
-#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
-#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
-
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// Probe Type
-// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
-//
-// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
-// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
-//
-// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
-//
-
-// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
-// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
-// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
-// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
-// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
-//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-//
-// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
-// X and Y offsets must be integers.
-//
-// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
-// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
-// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
-//
-// +-- BACK ---+
-// | |
-// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
-// E | | I
-// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
-// T | | H
-// | (-) | T
-// | |
-// O-- FRONT --+
-// (0,0)
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-// Use double touch for probing
-//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
-
-// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
-//
-// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
-// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
-//
-// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
-//
-// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
-//
-// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
-// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
-// - Otherwise connect:
-// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
-// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
-//
-// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
-//
-
-//
-// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
-// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
-// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
-// To use a different pin you can override it here.
-//
-// WARNING:
-// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
-// Use with caution and do your homework.
-//
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
-
-//
-// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
-// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
-//
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
-// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
-
-// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-
-//
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-//
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS 200
-#define Y_MAX_POS 200
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensor
- * A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//==========================================================================
-// @section bedlevel
-
-/**
- * Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
- *
- * If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
- * highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - 3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
- * bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
- * Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
- * - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
- * that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
- * adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
- * Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
- * test on.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- #define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
- #define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
- #define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- #define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
-
- // The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
- #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
-
- // 3 arbitrary points to probe.
- // A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
-
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- #define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
- #define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
- //#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
-
- #if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
- #define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
- #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//define this to enable EEPROM support
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
-
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- // To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
- #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-//
-// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
-//
-// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
-// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
-// command.
-//
-// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
-// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
-// be raised to reach Z-park height.
-//
-// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
-// reach Z-park height.
-//
-// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
-// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
-//
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
-#endif
-
-//
-// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
-//
-// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
-// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
-// "P" for pattern selection
-// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
-//
-// Available list of patterns:
-// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
-// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
-// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
-//
-// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
-// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
-// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
-// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
-// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
-//
-// --
-// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
-// | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// | | / \ / \ / \ |
-// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
-// -- +--------------------------------+
-// |________|_________|_________|
-// T1 T2 T3
-//
-// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
-// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
-// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
-//
-// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
-//
-// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
-// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
-//
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-//
-// Print job timer
-//
-// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
-// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
-// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
-// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
-// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
-//
-// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
-// the following commands:
-//
-// - M75 - Start the print job timer
-// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
-// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-//
-// Print Counter
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
-// - Total print jobs
-// - Total successful print jobs
-// - Total failed print jobs
-// - Total time printing
-//
-// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-//
-// LCD LANGUAGE
-//
-// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
-// list of languages are available:
-// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
-// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
-//
-// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
-//
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-//
-// LCD Character Set
-//
-// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
-//
-// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
-// language extensions:
-//
-// - JAPANESE ... the most common
-// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
-// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
-//
-// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
-//
-// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
-// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
-// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
-//
-// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
-//
-// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
-//
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-//
-// LCD TYPE
-//
-// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
-// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
-// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
-//
-// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
-//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
-
-//
-// SD CARD
-//
-// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
-// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
-//
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-//
-// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
-//
-// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
-// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
-//
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-//
-// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
-//
-// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
-//
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
-//
-// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
-// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
-//
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
-// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
-// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
-//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
-//#define RGB_LED
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
-#endif
-
-/*********************************************************************\
-* R/C SERVO support
-* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
-**********************************************************************/
-
-// Number of servos
-//
-// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
-// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
-// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
-// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
-//
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY 300
-
-// Servo deactivation
-//
-// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-/**********************************************************************\
- * Support for a filament diameter sensor
- * Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
- * Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
- *
- * Motherboards
- * 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
- * Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
- **********************************************************************/
-// Uncomment below to enable
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
-
- #define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
- #define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
-
- //When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-
-
-#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/original_release_files/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/original_release_files/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index af217e50d..000000000
--- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Roxys_printers/original_release_files/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1085 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
-
-/**
- *
- * ***********************************
- * ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
- * ***********************************
- *
- * You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
- * but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
- *
- * Note: Update also Version.h !
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
- * thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
- * Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
- * thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
- * the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
- * WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
- * degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
- * but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
- * WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
- * WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
- * degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
- * but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
- *
- * If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
- * WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-//Show Temperature ADC value
-//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
-//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-
-//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
-//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
-//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
-#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
-// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
-// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
-
-// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
-#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Dual X Steppers
-// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- // Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
-#endif
-
-
-// Dual Y Steppers
-// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- // Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
-#endif
-
-// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
-// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
-// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
-
- // Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
- // That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
- // There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
- // After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
- // One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
- // If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
- // Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
- // The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
-
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
-
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #endif
-
-#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-
-// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
-// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
-// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
-// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- // Configuration for second X-carriage
- // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
- // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
- #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// @section homing
-
-//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
-#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-
-// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
-
-// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
-// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
-#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
-#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
-
-//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
-#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
- // if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
- // using:
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #endif
-
- // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
-
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- // Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
- // Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
- // Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
- // Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
- // Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- // This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- // To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-#endif // DOGLCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
-// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
-// does not respect endstops!
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- #define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
- //not implemented for deltabots!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 //faster movements
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
-//
-// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
-//
-// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
-// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
-// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
-//#define ADVANCE
-
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
- #define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
- #define D_FILAMENT 2.85
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Implementation of linear pressure control
- *
- * Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- * See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
-
- /**
- * Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
- * For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
- * While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
- * close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
- *
- * For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
- * to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
- * if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
- *
- * This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
- *
- * Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
- * - W is the extrusion width in mm
- * - H is the layer height in mm
- * - D is the filament diameter in mm
- *
- * Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
- *
- * Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
- * Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
- */
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
- // Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
-// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
-// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
- #define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
- #define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
- #define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- #define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
- #define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
- #define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
- #define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Arc interpretation settings:
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
-#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
-#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
-// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
-#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transfer Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// @section fwretract
-
-// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
-// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
-// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
-// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
-// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
-
-//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Change
- * Experimental filament change support.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
- // It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
- // Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
- // shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
- // 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
- // Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
- // Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
- // 0 to disable for manual extrusion
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
- // or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
- // even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
- * You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
- * (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
- */
-//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
-
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
-
- //#define X_IS_TMC
- //#define X2_IS_TMC
- //#define Y_IS_TMC
- //#define Y2_IS_TMC
- //#define Z_IS_TMC
- //#define Z2_IS_TMC
- //#define E0_IS_TMC
- //#define E1_IS_TMC
- //#define E2_IS_TMC
- //#define E3_IS_TMC
-
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
-
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
-
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
-
-#endif
-
-// @section TMC2130
-
-/**
- * Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
- *
- * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
- * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
- *
- * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
- * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
- * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- */
-//#define HAVE_TMC2130
-
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
- #define STEALTHCHOP
-
- /**
- * Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
- * This is still an experimental feature.
- * Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
- * then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
- * Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
- */
- //#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
- #define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
- #define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
-
- // CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
- //#define X_IS_TMC2130
- //#define X2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Y_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Z_IS_TMC2130
- //#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E0_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E1_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E2_IS_TMC2130
- //#define E3_IS_TMC2130
-
- /**
- * Stepper driver settings
- */
-
- #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
- #define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
-
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
-
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
-
- //#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- //#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- //#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- //#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperX.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC2130_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
-
-/**
- * Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
- * You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
- * (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
- */
-
-// @section l6470
-
-//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
-
- //#define X_IS_L6470
- //#define X2_IS_L6470
- //#define Y_IS_L6470
- //#define Y2_IS_L6470
- //#define Z_IS_L6470
- //#define Z2_IS_L6470
- //#define E0_IS_L6470
- //#define E1_IS_L6470
- //#define E2_IS_L6470
- //#define E3_IS_L6470
-
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
- #define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
-
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_K_VAL 50
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_K_VAL 50
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_K_VAL 50
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_K_VAL 50
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_K_VAL 50
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_K_VAL 50
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_K_VAL 50
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_K_VAL 50
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_K_VAL 50
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-/**
- * Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- */
-//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
-#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
-
-/**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
-//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H